Sema.h revision 3003e1d6626d07e8fc4af95fad95b3a5d4c4af98
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 42#include <deque> 43#include <string> 44 45namespace llvm { 46 class APSInt; 47 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 48 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 49 class SmallBitVector; 50} 51 52namespace clang { 53 class ADLResult; 54 class ASTConsumer; 55 class ASTContext; 56 class ASTMutationListener; 57 class ASTReader; 58 class ASTWriter; 59 class ArrayType; 60 class AttributeList; 61 class BlockDecl; 62 class CXXBasePath; 63 class CXXBasePaths; 64 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 65 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 66 class CXXConstructorDecl; 67 class CXXConversionDecl; 68 class CXXDestructorDecl; 69 class CXXFieldCollector; 70 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 71 class CXXMethodDecl; 72 class CXXScopeSpec; 73 class CXXTemporary; 74 class CXXTryStmt; 75 class CallExpr; 76 class ClassTemplateDecl; 77 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 78 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 79 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 80 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 81 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 82 class CodeCompletionResult; 83 class Decl; 84 class DeclAccessPair; 85 class DeclContext; 86 class DeclRefExpr; 87 class DeclaratorDecl; 88 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 89 class DependentDiagnostic; 90 class DesignatedInitExpr; 91 class Designation; 92 class EnumConstantDecl; 93 class Expr; 94 class ExtVectorType; 95 class ExternalSemaSource; 96 class FormatAttr; 97 class FriendDecl; 98 class FunctionDecl; 99 class FunctionProtoType; 100 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 101 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 102 class InitListExpr; 103 class InitializationKind; 104 class InitializationSequence; 105 class InitializedEntity; 106 class IntegerLiteral; 107 class LabelStmt; 108 class LambdaExpr; 109 class LangOptions; 110 class LocalInstantiationScope; 111 class LookupResult; 112 class MacroInfo; 113 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 114 class NamedDecl; 115 class NonNullAttr; 116 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 117 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 118 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 119 class ObjCContainerDecl; 120 class ObjCImplDecl; 121 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 123 class ObjCIvarDecl; 124 template <class T> class ObjCList; 125 class ObjCMessageExpr; 126 class ObjCMethodDecl; 127 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 128 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 129 class OverloadCandidateSet; 130 class OverloadExpr; 131 class ParenListExpr; 132 class ParmVarDecl; 133 class Preprocessor; 134 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 135 class PseudoObjectExpr; 136 class QualType; 137 class StandardConversionSequence; 138 class Stmt; 139 class StringLiteral; 140 class SwitchStmt; 141 class TargetAttributesSema; 142 class TemplateArgument; 143 class TemplateArgumentList; 144 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 145 class TemplateDecl; 146 class TemplateParameterList; 147 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 148 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 149 class Token; 150 class TypeAliasDecl; 151 class TypedefDecl; 152 class TypedefNameDecl; 153 class TypeLoc; 154 class UnqualifiedId; 155 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 156 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 157 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 158 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 159 class UsingDecl; 160 class UsingShadowDecl; 161 class ValueDecl; 162 class VarDecl; 163 class VisibilityAttr; 164 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 165 class IndirectFieldDecl; 166 167namespace sema { 168 class AccessedEntity; 169 class BlockScopeInfo; 170 class CompoundScopeInfo; 171 class DelayedDiagnostic; 172 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 173 class FunctionScopeInfo; 174 class LambdaScopeInfo; 175 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 176 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 177} 178 179// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 180// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 181typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 182 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 183 184/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 185class Sema { 186 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 187 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 188 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 189public: 190 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 191 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 192 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 193 194 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 195 FPOptions FPFeatures; 196 197 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 198 Preprocessor &PP; 199 ASTContext &Context; 200 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 201 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 202 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 203 204 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 205 bool CollectStats; 206 207 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 208 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 209 210 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 211 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 212 213 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 214 DeclContext *CurContext; 215 216 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 217 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 218 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 219 220 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 221 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 222 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 223 224 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment 225 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 226 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 227 228 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on 229 230 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility. 231 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 232 233 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 234 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 235 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 236 237 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 238 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 239 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 240 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 241 242 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 243 244 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 245 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 246 /// 247 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 248 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 249 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 250 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 251 252 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 253 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 254 ExtVectorDeclsType; 255 256 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 257 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 258 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 259 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 260 261 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 262 /// definitions being hidden. 263 /// 264 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 265 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 266 267 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 268 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 269 270 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 271 272 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 273 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 274 /// same list more than once. 275 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 276 277 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 278 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 280 281 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 282 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 283 /// 284 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 285 /// scoped, e.g., 286 /// 287 /// \code 288 /// void f() { 289 /// void foo(int, int); 290 /// } 291 /// \endcode 292 /// 293 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 294 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 295 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 296 /// 297 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 298 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 299 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 300 /// compatibility. 301 /// 302 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 303 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 304 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 305 /// not visible. 306 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 307 308 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 309 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 310 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 311 312 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 313 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 314 TentativeDefinitionsType; 315 316 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 317 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 318 319 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 320 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 321 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 322 323 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 324 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 325 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 329 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 332 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 333 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 334 335 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 336 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 337 /// exception spec. 338 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 339 340 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 341 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 342 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 343 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 344 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 345 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 346 347 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 348 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 349 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 350 void *OpaqueParser; 351 352 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 353 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 354 OpaqueParser = P; 355 } 356 357 class DelayedDiagnostics; 358 359 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 360 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 361 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 362 }; 363 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 364 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 365 366 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 367 /// during parsing and other processing. 368 class DelayedDiagnostics { 369 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 370 /// diagnostics should go. 371 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 372 373 public: 374 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 375 376 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 377 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 378 379 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 380 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 381 382 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 383 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 384 return CurPool; 385 } 386 387 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 388 /// collected in this pool. 389 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 390 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 391 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 392 CurPool = &pool; 393 return state; 394 } 395 396 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 397 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 398 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 399 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 400 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 401 } 402 403 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 404 /// not delayed. 405 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 406 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 407 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 408 CurPool = 0; 409 return state; 410 } 411 412 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 413 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 414 assert(CurPool == NULL); 415 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 416 } 417 } DelayedDiagnostics; 418 419 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 420 class ContextRAII { 421 private: 422 Sema &S; 423 DeclContext *SavedContext; 424 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 425 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 426 427 public: 428 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 429 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 430 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 431 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 432 { 433 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 434 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 435 } 436 437 void pop() { 438 if (!SavedContext) return; 439 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 440 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 441 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 442 SavedContext = 0; 443 } 444 445 ~ContextRAII() { 446 pop(); 447 } 448 }; 449 450 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 451 /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 452 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 453 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 454 455 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 456 /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 457 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 458 /// in the currently selected standard. 459 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 460 461 462 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 463 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 464 465 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 466 /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 467 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 468 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 469 /// It would be best to refactor this. 470 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 471 472 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 473 474 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 475 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 476 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 477 Scope *TUScope; 478 479 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 480 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 481 482 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 483 /// standard library. 484 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 485 486 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 487 /// <initializer_list>. 488 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>. 491 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 492 493 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 494 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 495 496 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 497 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 498 499 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 500 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 501 502 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 503 QualType NSNumberPointer; 504 505 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 506 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 512 QualType NSStringPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 519 520 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 521 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 524 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 527 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 528 529 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 530 QualType QIDNSCopying; 531 532 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 533 /// have been declared. 534 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 535 536 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 537 /// call was found yet. 538 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 539 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 540 /// call was found yet. 541 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 542 543 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 544 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 545 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 546 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 547 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 548 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 549 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 550 /// run time. 551 Unevaluated, 552 553 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 554 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 555 /// cases in a switch statment). 556 ConstantEvaluated, 557 558 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 559 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 560 /// expression at run time. 561 PotentiallyEvaluated, 562 563 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 564 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 565 /// in fact the current expression is used. 566 /// 567 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 568 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 569 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 570 /// until the default argument is used. 571 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 572 }; 573 574 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 575 /// expression evaluation contexts. 576 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 577 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 578 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 579 580 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 581 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 582 583 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 584 bool IsDecltype; 585 586 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 587 /// this expression evaluation context. 588 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 589 590 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 591 592 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 593 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 594 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 597 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 598 /// default function argument. 599 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 600 601 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 602 /// within this context. 603 /// 604 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 605 /// do not have lambda expressions. 606 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 607 608 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 609 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 610 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 611 612 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 613 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 614 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 615 616 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 617 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 618 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 619 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 620 bool IsDecltype) 621 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 622 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 623 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 624 625 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 626 delete LambdaMangle; 627 } 628 629 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 630 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 631 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 632 if (!LambdaMangle) 633 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 634 return *LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 }; 637 638 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 639 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 640 641 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 642 /// function. 643 /// 644 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 645 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 646 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 647 public: 648 enum Kind { 649 NoMemberOrDeleted, 650 Ambiguous, 651 Success 652 }; 653 654 private: 655 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 656 657 public: 658 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 659 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 660 {} 661 662 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 663 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 664 665 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 666 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 667 }; 668 669 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 670 /// for C++ records. 671 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 672 673 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 674 /// 675 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 676 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 677 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 678 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 679 /// checks. 680 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 681 682 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 683 684 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 685 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 686 687 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 688 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 689 690 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 691 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 692 /// 693 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 694 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 695 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 696 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 697 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 698 699 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 700 // argument locations. 701 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 702 703 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 704 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 705 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 706 707 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 708 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 709 710 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 711 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 712 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 713 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 714 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 715 716 /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation 717 /// of -Wselector. 718 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 719 720 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 721 722 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 723 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 724 725 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 726 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 727 /// should not be used elsewhere. 728 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 729 730public: 731 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 732 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 733 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 734 ~Sema(); 735 736 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 737 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 738 void Initialize(); 739 740 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 741 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 742 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 743 744 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 745 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 746 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 747 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 748 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 749 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 750 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 751 752 void PrintStats() const; 753 754 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 755 /// template instantiation stacks. 756 /// 757 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 758 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 759 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 761 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 762 /// well. 763 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 764 Sema &SemaRef; 765 unsigned DiagID; 766 767 public: 768 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 769 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 770 771 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 772 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 773 if (!isActive()) return; 774 775 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 776 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 777 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 778 // 779 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 780 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 781 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 782 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 783 // eliminate that code. 784 FlushCounts(); 785 Clear(); 786 787 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 788 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 789 } 790 }; 791 792 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 793 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 794 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 795 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 796 } 797 798 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 800 801 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 802 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 803 804 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 805 806 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 807 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 808 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 809 810 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 811 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 812 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 813 814 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 815 816 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 817 818 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 819 820 void PushFunctionScope(); 821 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 822 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 823 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 824 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 825 826 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 827 return FunctionScopes.back(); 828 } 829 830 void PushCompoundScope(); 831 void PopCompoundScope(); 832 833 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 834 835 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 836 837 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 838 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 839 840 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 841 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 842 843 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls 844 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 845 846 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 847 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 848 // 849 850 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 851 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 852 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 853 } 854 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 855 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 856 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 857 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 858 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 859 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 860 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 861 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 862 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 863 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 864 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 865 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 866 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 868 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 869 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 870 SourceLocation Loc, 871 DeclarationName Entity); 872 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 873 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 874 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 875 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 876 877 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 878 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 879 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 880 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 881 882 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 883 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 884 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 885 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 886 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 887 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 888 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 889 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 890 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 891 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 892 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 893 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 894 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 895 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 897 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 900 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 901 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 902 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 903 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 904 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 905 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 906 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 907 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 908 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 909 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 911 912 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 913 914 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 915 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 916 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 917 918 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 919 struct TypeDiagnoser { 920 bool Suppressed; 921 922 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 923 924 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 925 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 926 }; 927 928 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 929 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 930 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 931 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 932 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 933 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 934 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 935 return II; 936 } 937 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 938 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 939 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 940 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 941 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 942 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 943 944 template<typename T1> 945 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 946 unsigned DiagID; 947 const T1 &Arg1; 948 949 public: 950 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 951 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 952 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 953 if (Suppressed) return; 954 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 955 } 956 957 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 958 }; 959 960 template<typename T1, typename T2> 961 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 962 unsigned DiagID; 963 const T1 &Arg1; 964 const T2 &Arg2; 965 966 public: 967 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 968 const T2 &Arg2) 969 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 970 Arg2(Arg2) { } 971 972 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 973 if (Suppressed) return; 974 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 975 } 976 977 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 978 }; 979 980 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 981 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 982 unsigned DiagID; 983 const T1 &Arg1; 984 const T2 &Arg2; 985 const T3 &Arg3; 986 987 public: 988 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 989 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 990 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 991 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 992 993 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 994 if (Suppressed) return; 995 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 996 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 997 } 998 999 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1000 }; 1001 1002 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1003 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1004 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1005 unsigned DiagID); 1006 1007 template<typename T1> 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1010 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1011 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1012 } 1013 1014 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1015 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1016 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1017 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1018 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1019 } 1020 1021 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1022 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1023 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1024 const T3 &Arg3) { 1025 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1026 Arg3); 1027 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1028 } 1029 1030 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1031 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1032 1033 template<typename T1> 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1036 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1037 } 1038 1039 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2) { 1042 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1043 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1044 } 1045 1046 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1047 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1049 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1050 Arg3); 1051 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1052 } 1053 1054 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1055 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1056 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1057 1058 template<typename T1> 1059 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1060 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1062 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1063 } 1064 1065 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1067 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1069 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1070 } 1071 1072 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1073 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1074 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1075 const T3 &Arg3) { 1076 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1077 Arg3); 1078 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1079 } 1080 1081 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1082 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1083 1084 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1085 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1086 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1087 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1088 SourceLocation Loc); 1089 1090 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1091 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1092 // 1093 1094 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1095 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1096 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1097 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1098 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1099 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1100 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1101 /// such as: 1102 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1103 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1104 1105 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1106 1107 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1108 1109 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1110 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1111 bool isClassName = false, 1112 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1113 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1114 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1115 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1116 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1117 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1118 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1119 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1120 SourceLocation IILoc, 1121 Scope *S, 1122 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1123 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1124 1125 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1126 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1127 enum NameClassificationKind { 1128 NC_Unknown, 1129 NC_Error, 1130 NC_Keyword, 1131 NC_Type, 1132 NC_Expression, 1133 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1134 NC_TypeTemplate, 1135 NC_FunctionTemplate 1136 }; 1137 1138 class NameClassification { 1139 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1140 ExprResult Expr; 1141 TemplateName Template; 1142 ParsedType Type; 1143 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1144 1145 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1146 1147 public: 1148 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1149 1150 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1151 1152 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1153 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1154 1155 static NameClassification Error() { 1156 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1157 } 1158 1159 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1160 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1161 } 1162 1163 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1164 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1165 } 1166 1167 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1168 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1169 Result.Template = Name; 1170 return Result; 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1180 1181 ParsedType getType() const { 1182 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1183 return Type; 1184 } 1185 1186 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1187 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1188 return Expr; 1189 } 1190 1191 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1192 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1193 return Template; 1194 } 1195 1196 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1197 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1198 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1199 } 1200}; 1201 1202 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1203 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1204 /// 1205 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1206 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1207 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1208 /// 1209 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1210 /// 1211 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1212 /// 1213 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1214 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1215 /// 1216 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1217 /// 1218 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1219 /// disambiguate the name. 1220 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1221 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1222 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1223 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1224 const Token &NextToken); 1225 1226 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1227 1228 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1229 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1230 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1231 const LookupResult &Previous, 1232 Scope *S); 1233 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1234 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1235 DeclarationName Name, 1236 SourceLocation Loc); 1237 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1238 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1239 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1240 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1241 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1242 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1244 LookupResult &Previous); 1245 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1246 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1247 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1249 LookupResult &Previous, 1250 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1251 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1252 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1253 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1254 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1255 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1256 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, 1259 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1260 bool &AddToScope); 1261 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1262 1263 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1264 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1265 1266 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1267 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1268 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1269 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1270 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1271 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1272 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1273 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1274 SourceLocation Loc, 1275 QualType T); 1276 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1277 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1278 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1279 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1280 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1281 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1282 Expr *defarg); 1283 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1284 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1285 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1287 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1288 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1289 1290 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1291 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1292 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1293 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1294 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1295 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1296 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1297 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1298 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1299 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1300 Decl **Group, 1301 unsigned NumDecls); 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1303 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1304 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1305 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1306 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1307 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1308 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1309 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1310 1311 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1312 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1313 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1314 1315 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1316 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1317 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1318 1319 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1320 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1321 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1322 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1323 1324 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1325 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1326 /// specified threshold. 1327 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1328 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1329 QualType ReturnTy, 1330 NamedDecl *D); 1331 1332 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1333 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1334 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1336 1337 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1340 /// 1341 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param Path The module access path. 1344 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1345 ModuleIdPath Path); 1346 1347 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1348 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1349 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1350 } 1351 1352 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1353 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1354 const Preprocessor &PP); 1355 1356 /// Scope actions. 1357 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1358 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1359 1360 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1361 DeclSpec &DS); 1362 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1363 DeclSpec &DS, 1364 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1365 1366 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1367 AccessSpecifier AS, 1368 RecordDecl *Record); 1369 1370 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1371 RecordDecl *Record); 1372 1373 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1374 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1375 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1376 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1377 1378 enum TagUseKind { 1379 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1380 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1381 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1382 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1383 }; 1384 1385 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1386 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1387 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1388 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1389 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1390 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1391 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1392 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1393 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1394 1395 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1396 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1397 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1398 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1399 AttributeList *Attr, 1400 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1401 1402 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1403 unsigned TagSpec, 1404 TagUseKind TUK, 1405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1406 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1407 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1408 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1409 1410 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1411 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1412 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1413 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1414 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1415 1416 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1417 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1418 AccessSpecifier AS); 1419 1420 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1423 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1424 SourceLocation TSSL, 1425 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1426 Declarator *D = 0); 1427 1428 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1429 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1430 CXXCopyConstructor, 1431 CXXMoveConstructor, 1432 CXXCopyAssignment, 1433 CXXMoveAssignment, 1434 CXXDestructor, 1435 CXXInvalid 1436 }; 1437 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1438 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1439 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1440 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1441 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1442 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1444 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1445 1446 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1447 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1448 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1449 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1450 AttributeList *AttrList); 1451 1452 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1453 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1454 /// struct, or union). 1455 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1456 1457 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1458 1459 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1460 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1461 /// member declarations. 1462 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1463 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1464 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1465 1466 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1467 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1468 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1469 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1470 1471 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1472 1473 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1474 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1475 /// 1476 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1477 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1478 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1479 1480 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1481 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1482 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1483 1484 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1485 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1486 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1487 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1488 Expr *val); 1489 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1490 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1491 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1492 1493 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1494 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1495 AttributeList *Attrs, 1496 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1497 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1498 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1499 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1500 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1501 1502 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1503 1504 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1505 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1506 void PopDeclContext(); 1507 1508 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1509 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1510 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1511 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1512 1513 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1514 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1515 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1516 1517 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1518 1519 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1520 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1521 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1522 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1523 1524 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1525 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1526 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1527 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1528 1529 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1530 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1531 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1532 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1533 1534 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1535 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1536 1537 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1538 /// top level scope. 1539 /// 1540 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1541 /// 1542 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1543 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1544 1545 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1546 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1547 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1548 /// 1549 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1550 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1551 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1552 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1553 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1554 1555 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1556 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1557 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1558 1559 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1560 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1562 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1563 1564 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1565 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1566 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1567 VersionTuple Introduced, 1568 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1569 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1570 bool IsUnavailable, 1571 StringRef Message); 1572 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1573 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1574 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1575 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1576 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1577 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1578 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1579 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1580 1581 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1582 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1583 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1584 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1585 Scope *S); 1586 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1587 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1588 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1589 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1590 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1591 1592 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1593 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1594 enum AssignmentAction { 1595 AA_Assigning, 1596 AA_Passing, 1597 AA_Returning, 1598 AA_Converting, 1599 AA_Initializing, 1600 AA_Sending, 1601 AA_Casting 1602 }; 1603 1604 /// C++ Overloading. 1605 enum OverloadKind { 1606 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1607 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1608 Ovl_Overload, 1609 1610 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1611 /// an existing declaration. 1612 Ovl_Match, 1613 1614 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1615 /// non-function. 1616 Ovl_NonFunction 1617 }; 1618 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1619 FunctionDecl *New, 1620 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1621 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1622 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1623 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1624 1625 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1626 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1627 /// 1628 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1629 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1630 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1631 1632 ImplicitConversionSequence 1633 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1634 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1635 bool AllowExplicit, 1636 bool InOverloadResolution, 1637 bool CStyle, 1638 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1639 1640 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1641 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1642 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1643 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1644 bool InOverloadResolution, 1645 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1646 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1647 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1648 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1649 QualType &ConvertedType); 1650 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1651 QualType& ConvertedType); 1652 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1653 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1654 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1655 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1656 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1657 1658 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1659 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1660 CastKind &Kind, 1661 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1662 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1663 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1664 bool InOverloadResolution, 1665 QualType &ConvertedType); 1666 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1667 CastKind &Kind, 1668 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1669 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1670 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1671 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1672 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1673 QualType &ResultTy); 1674 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1675 1676 1677 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1678 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1679 QualType ResultType, 1680 Expr *Value, 1681 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1682 1683 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1684 ExprResult Init); 1685 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1686 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1687 ExprResult Init, 1688 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1689 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1690 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1691 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1692 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1693 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1694 1695 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1696 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1697 1698 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1699 enum CCEKind { 1700 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1701 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1702 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1703 }; 1704 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1705 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1706 1707 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1708 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1709 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1710 public: 1711 bool Suppress; 1712 bool SuppressConversion; 1713 1714 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1715 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1716 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1717 1718 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1719 /// integral or enumeration type. 1720 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1721 QualType T) = 0; 1722 1723 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1724 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1725 QualType T) = 0; 1726 1727 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1728 /// is explicit. 1729 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1730 QualType T, 1731 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1732 1733 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1734 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1735 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1736 1737 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1738 /// functions. 1739 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1740 QualType T) = 0; 1741 1742 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1743 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1744 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1745 1746 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1747 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1748 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1749 QualType T, 1750 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1751 1752 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1753 }; 1754 1755 ExprResult 1756 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1757 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1758 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1759 1760 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1761 OS_Array, 1762 OS_Dictionary, 1763 OS_Error 1764 }; 1765 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1766 1767 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1768 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1769 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1770 NamedDecl *Member); 1771 1772 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1773 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1774 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1775 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1776 1777 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1778 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1779 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1780 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1781 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1782 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1783 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1784 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1785 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1786 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1787 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1788 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1789 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1790 QualType ObjectType, 1791 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1792 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1793 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1794 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1795 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1796 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1797 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1798 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1799 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1800 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1801 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1802 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1803 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1804 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1805 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1806 QualType ObjectType, 1807 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1808 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1809 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1810 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1811 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1812 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1814 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1815 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1816 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1817 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1818 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1819 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1820 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1821 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1822 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1823 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1824 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1825 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1826 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1827 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1828 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1829 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1830 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1831 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1832 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1833 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1834 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1835 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1836 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1837 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1838 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1839 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1840 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1841 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1842 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1843 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1844 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1845 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1846 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1847 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1848 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1849 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1850 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1851 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1852 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1853 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1854 1855 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1856 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1857 1858 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1859 // identified by the expression Expr 1860 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1861 1862 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1863 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1864 // R (A) --> R(A) 1865 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1866 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1867 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1868 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1869 1870 FunctionDecl * 1871 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1872 QualType TargetType, 1873 bool Complain, 1874 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1875 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1878 bool Complain = false, 1879 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1880 1881 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1882 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1883 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1884 bool Complain = false, 1885 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1886 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1887 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1888 1889 1890 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1891 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1892 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1893 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1894 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1895 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1896 1897 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1898 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1899 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1900 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1901 1902 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1903 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1904 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1905 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1906 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1907 Expr *ExecConfig, 1908 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1909 1910 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1911 unsigned Opc, 1912 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1913 Expr *input); 1914 1915 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1916 unsigned Opc, 1917 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1918 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1919 1920 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1921 SourceLocation RLoc, 1922 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1923 1924 ExprResult 1925 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1926 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1927 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1928 ExprResult 1929 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1930 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1932 1933 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1934 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1935 1936 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1937 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1938 /// that best represents the call. 1939 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1940 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1941 1942 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1943 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1944 bool CheckParameterNames); 1945 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1946 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1947 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1948 1949 /// \name Name lookup 1950 /// 1951 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1952 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1953 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1954 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1955 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1956 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1957 /// 1958 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1959 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1960 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1961 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1962 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1963 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1964 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1965 /// 1966 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1967 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1968 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1969 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1970 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1971 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1972 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1973 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1974 //@{ 1975 1976 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1977 enum LookupNameKind { 1978 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1979 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1980 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1981 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1982 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1983 /// structs, and unions. 1984 LookupTagName, 1985 /// Label name lookup. 1986 LookupLabel, 1987 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1988 /// class/struct/union members. 1989 LookupMemberName, 1990 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 1991 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 1992 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 1993 LookupOperatorName, 1994 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 1995 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 1996 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 1997 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 1998 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 1999 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2000 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2001 LookupNamespaceName, 2002 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2003 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2004 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2005 LookupUsingDeclName, 2006 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2007 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2008 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2009 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2010 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2011 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2012 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2013 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2014 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2015 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2016 LookupAnyName 2017 }; 2018 2019 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2020 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2021 enum RedeclarationKind { 2022 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2023 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2024 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2025 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2026 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2027 ForRedeclaration 2028 }; 2029 2030 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2031 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2032 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2033 LOLR_Error, 2034 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2035 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2036 LOLR_Cooked, 2037 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2038 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2039 LOLR_Raw, 2040 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2041 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2042 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2043 LOLR_Template 2044 }; 2045 2046 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2047 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2048 bool ConstArg, 2049 bool VolatileArg, 2050 bool RValueThis, 2051 bool ConstThis, 2052 bool VolatileThis); 2053 2054private: 2055 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2056 2057 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2058 // 2059 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2060 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2061 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2062 2063 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2064 /// source. 2065 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2066 2067public: 2068 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2069 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2070 /// 2071 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2072 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2073 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2074 SourceLocation Loc, 2075 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2076 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2077 = NotForRedeclaration); 2078 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2079 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2080 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2081 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2082 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2083 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2084 bool EnteringContext = false); 2085 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2086 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2087 = NotForRedeclaration); 2088 2089 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2090 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2091 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2092 2093 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2094 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2095 2096 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2097 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2098 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2099 unsigned Quals); 2100 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2101 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2102 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2103 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2104 unsigned ThisQuals); 2105 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2106 2107 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2108 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2109 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2110 2111 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2112 SourceLocation Loc, 2113 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2114 ADLResult &Functions, 2115 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2116 2117 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2118 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2119 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2120 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2121 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2122 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2123 2124 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2125 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2126 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2127 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2128 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2129 bool EnteringContext = false, 2130 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2131 2132 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2134 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2135 2136 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2137 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2138 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2139 2140 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2141 //@} 2142 2143 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2144 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2145 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2146 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2147 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2148 SourceLocation Loc); 2149 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2150 Scope *S); 2151 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2152 2153 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2154 2155 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2156 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2157 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2158 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2159 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2160 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2161 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2162 2163 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2164 2165 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2166 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2167 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2168 2169 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2170 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2171 SourceRange Range); 2172 2173 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2174 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2175 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2176 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2177 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2178 2179 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2180 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2181 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2182 2183 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2184 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2185 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2186 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2187 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2188 2189 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2190 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2191 2192 typedef llvm::DenseSet<Selector, llvm::DenseMapInfo<Selector> > SelectorSet; 2193 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2194 2195 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2196 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2197 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2198 /// inherited. 2199 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2200 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2201 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2202 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2203 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2204 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2205 2206 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2207 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2208 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2209 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2210 SourceLocation Loc); 2211 2212 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2213 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation. 2214 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2215 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2216 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2217 2218 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2219 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2220 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2221 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2222 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2223 2224 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2225 /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation. 2226 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2227 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2228 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2229 2230 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2231 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2232 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2233 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2234 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2235 2236 2237 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2238 /// its protocols. 2239 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2240 IdentifierInfo *II); 2241 2242 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in 2243 //// class extensions. 2244 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2245 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2246 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2247 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2248 Selector GetterSel, 2249 Selector SetterSel, 2250 const bool isAssign, 2251 const bool isReadWrite, 2252 const unsigned Attributes, 2253 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2254 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2255 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2256 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2257 2258 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2259 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface. 2260 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2261 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2262 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2263 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2264 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2265 Selector GetterSel, 2266 Selector SetterSel, 2267 const bool isAssign, 2268 const bool isReadWrite, 2269 const unsigned Attributes, 2270 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2271 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2272 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2273 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2274 2275 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2276 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2277 /// setter or getter. 2278 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2279 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2280 2281 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2282 2283 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2284 2285 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2286 MMS_loose, 2287 MMS_strict 2288 }; 2289 2290 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2291 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2292 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2293 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2294 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2295 2296 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2297 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2298 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2299 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2300 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2301 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2302 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2303 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2304 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2305 bool ImmediateClass, 2306 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2307 2308 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2309 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2310 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2311 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2312 2313 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2314 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2315 2316private: 2317 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2318 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2319 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2320 2321 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2322 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2323 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2324 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2325 bool warn, bool instance); 2326 2327public: 2328 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2329 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2330 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2331 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2332 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2333 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2334 } 2335 2336 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2337 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2338 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2339 } 2340 2341 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2342 /// pool. 2343 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2344 2345 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2346 /// there are multiple signatures. 2347 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2348 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2349 bool warn=true) { 2350 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2351 warn, /*instance*/true); 2352 } 2353 2354 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2355 /// there are multiple signatures. 2356 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2357 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2358 bool warn=true) { 2359 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2360 warn, /*instance*/false); 2361 } 2362 2363 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2364 /// implementation. 2365 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2366 2367 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2368 /// initialization. 2369 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2370 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2371 2372 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2373 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2374public: 2375 class FullExprArg { 2376 public: 2377 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2378 2379 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2380 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2381 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2382 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2383 2384 ExprResult release() { 2385 return move(E); 2386 } 2387 2388 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2389 2390 Expr *operator->() { 2391 return E; 2392 } 2393 2394 private: 2395 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2396 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2397 friend class Sema; 2398 2399 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2400 2401 Expr *E; 2402 }; 2403 2404 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2405 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg).release()); 2406 } 2407 2408 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2409 2410 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2411 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2412 2413 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2414 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2415 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2416 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2417 bool isStmtExpr); 2418 2419 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2420 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2421 public: 2422 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2423 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2424 } 2425 2426 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2427 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2428 } 2429 2430 private: 2431 Sema &S; 2432 }; 2433 2434 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2435 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2436 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2437 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2438 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2439 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2440 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2441 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2442 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2443 2444 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2445 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2446 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2447 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2448 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2449 2450 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2451 Stmt *SubStmt); 2452 2453 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2454 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2455 Stmt *ThenVal, 2456 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2457 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2458 Expr *Cond, 2459 Decl *CondVar); 2460 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2461 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2462 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2463 FullExprArg Cond, 2464 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2465 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2466 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2467 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2468 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2469 2470 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2471 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2472 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2473 Decl *SecondVar, 2474 FullExprArg Third, 2475 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2476 Stmt *Body); 2477 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2478 Expr *collection); 2479 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2480 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2481 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2482 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2483 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2484 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2485 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2486 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2487 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2488 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2489 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2490 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2491 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2492 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2493 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2494 2495 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2496 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2497 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2498 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2499 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2500 Expr *DestExp); 2501 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2502 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2503 2504 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2505 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2506 2507 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2508 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2509 2510 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2511 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2512 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2513 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2514 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2515 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2516 Expr *AsmString, 2517 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2518 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2519 bool MSAsm = false); 2520 2521 2522 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2523 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2524 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2525 bool Invalid = false); 2526 2527 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2528 2529 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2530 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2531 2532 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2533 2534 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2535 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2536 2537 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2538 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2539 Scope *CurScope); 2540 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2541 Expr *operand); 2542 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2543 Expr *SynchExpr, 2544 Stmt *SynchBody); 2545 2546 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2547 2548 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2549 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2550 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2551 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2552 2553 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2554 2555 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2556 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2557 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2558 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2559 2560 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2561 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2562 Stmt *TryBlock, 2563 Stmt *Handler); 2564 2565 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2566 Expr *FilterExpr, 2567 Stmt *Block); 2568 2569 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2570 Stmt *Block); 2571 2572 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2573 2574 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2575 2576 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2577 /// of it. 2578 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2579 2580 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2581 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2582 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2583 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2584 2585 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2586 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2587 /// 2588 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2589 /// if (condition); 2590 /// do_stuff(); 2591 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2592 const Stmt *Body, 2593 unsigned DiagID); 2594 2595 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2596 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2597 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2598 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2599 2600 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2601 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2602 } 2603 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2604 2605 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2606 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2607 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2608 } 2609 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2610 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2611 } 2612 2613 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2614 2615 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2616 SourceLocation Loc, 2617 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2618 2619 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2620 2621 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2622 StringRef message); 2623 2624 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2625 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2626 2627 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2628 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2629 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2630 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2631 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2632 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2633 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2634 SourceLocation Loc); 2635 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2636 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2637 2638 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2639 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2640 bool IsDecltype = false); 2641 2642 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2643 2644 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2645 2646 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2647 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2648 2649 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2650 2651 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2652 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2653 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2654 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2655 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2656 // named expressions. 2657 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2658 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2659 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2660 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2661 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2662 2663 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2664 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2665 2666 enum TryCaptureKind { 2667 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2668 }; 2669 2670 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2671 /// 2672 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2673 /// 2674 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2675 /// 2676 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2677 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2678 /// 2679 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2680 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2681 /// 2682 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2683 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2684 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2685 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2686 /// 2687 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2688 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2689 /// variable can be captured. 2690 /// 2691 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture 2692 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2693 /// captured. 2694 /// 2695 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2696 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2697 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2698 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2699 QualType &CaptureType, 2700 QualType &DeclRefType); 2701 2702 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2703 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2704 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2705 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2706 2707 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2708 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2709 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2710 2711 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2712 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2713 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2714 2715 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2716 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2717 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2718 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2719 bool ForceComplain = false, 2720 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2721 2722 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2723 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2724 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2725 2726 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2727 /// evaluation context. 2728 /// 2729 /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until 2730 /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to 2731 /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the 2732 /// diagnostic will not be emitted. 2733 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2734 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2735 2736 // Primary Expressions. 2737 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2738 2739 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2740 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2741 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2742 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2743 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2744 2745 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2746 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2747 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2748 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2749 2750 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2751 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2752 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2753 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2754 2755 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2756 IdentifierInfo *II, 2757 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2758 2759 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2760 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2761 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2762 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2763 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2764 2765 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2766 ExprValueKind VK, 2767 SourceLocation Loc, 2768 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2769 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2770 ExprValueKind VK, 2771 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2772 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2773 ExprResult 2774 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2775 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2776 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2777 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2778 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2779 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2780 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2781 LookupResult &R, 2782 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2783 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2784 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2785 LookupResult &R, 2786 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2787 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2788 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2789 const LookupResult &R, 2790 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2791 2792 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2793 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2794 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2795 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2796 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2797 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2798 2799 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2800 LookupResult &R, 2801 bool NeedsADL); 2802 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2803 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2804 NamedDecl *D); 2805 2806 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2807 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2808 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2809 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2810 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2811 2812 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2813 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2814 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2815 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2816 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2817 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2818 SourceLocation R, 2819 MultiExprArg Val); 2820 2821 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2822 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2823 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2824 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2825 2826 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2827 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2828 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2829 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2830 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2831 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2832 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2833 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2834 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2835 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2836 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2837 Expr **Exprs, 2838 unsigned NumAssocs); 2839 2840 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2841 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2842 Expr *InputExpr); 2843 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2844 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2845 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2846 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2847 2848 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2849 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2850 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2851 SourceRange R); 2852 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2853 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2854 ExprResult 2855 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2856 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2857 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2858 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2859 2860 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2861 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2862 2863 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2864 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2865 SourceRange ExprRange, 2866 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2867 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2868 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2869 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2870 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2871 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2872 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2873 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2874 2875 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2876 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2877 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2878 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2879 2880 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2881 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2882 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2883 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2884 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2885 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2886 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2887 2888 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2889 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2890 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2891 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2892 // defines a custom operator->). 2893 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2894 Scope *S; 2895 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2896 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2897 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2898 }; 2899 2900 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2901 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2902 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2903 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2904 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2905 LookupResult &R, 2906 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2907 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2908 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2909 2910 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2911 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2912 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2913 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2914 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2915 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2916 2917 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2918 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2919 const LookupResult &R); 2920 2921 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2922 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2923 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2924 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2925 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2926 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2927 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2928 2929 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2930 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2931 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2932 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2933 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2934 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2935 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2936 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2937 2938 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2939 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2940 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2941 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2942 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2943 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2944 bool ExecConfig = false); 2945 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2946 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2947 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2948 2949 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2950 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2951 /// locations. 2952 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2953 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2954 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2955 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2956 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2957 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2958 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2959 Expr *Config = 0, 2960 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2961 2962 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2963 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2964 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2965 2966 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2967 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2968 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2969 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2970 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2971 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2972 Expr *Op); 2973 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2974 2975 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2976 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2977 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2978 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2979 2980 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2981 2982 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2983 ParsedType Ty, 2984 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2985 Expr *InitExpr); 2986 2987 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2988 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2989 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2990 Expr *LiteralExpr); 2991 2992 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2993 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 2994 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 2995 2996 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 2997 SourceLocation Loc, 2998 bool GNUSyntax, 2999 ExprResult Init); 3000 3001 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3002 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3003 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3004 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3005 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3006 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3007 3008 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3009 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3010 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3011 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3012 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3013 3014 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3015 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3016 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3017 3018 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3019 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3020 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3021 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3022 3023 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3024 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3025 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3026 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3027 union { 3028 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3029 Expr *E; 3030 } U; 3031 }; 3032 3033 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3034 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3036 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3037 unsigned NumComponents, 3038 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3039 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3040 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3041 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3042 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3043 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3044 unsigned NumComponents, 3045 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3046 3047 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3048 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3049 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3050 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3051 3052 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3053 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3054 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3055 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3056 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3057 3058 // __null 3059 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3060 3061 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3062 3063 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3064 enum IfExistsResult { 3065 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3066 IER_Exists, 3067 3068 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3069 IER_DoesNotExist, 3070 3071 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3072 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3073 IER_Dependent, 3074 3075 /// \brief An error occurred. 3076 IER_Error 3077 }; 3078 3079 IfExistsResult 3080 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3081 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3082 3083 IfExistsResult 3084 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3085 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3086 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3087 3088 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3089 bool IsIfExists, 3090 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3091 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3092 Stmt *Nested); 3093 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3094 bool IsIfExists, 3095 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3096 Stmt *Nested); 3097 3098 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3099 3100 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3101 /// started. 3102 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3103 3104 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3105 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3106 void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3107 3108 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3109 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3110 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3111 3112 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3113 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3114 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3115 Scope *CurScope); 3116 3117 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3118 3119 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3120 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3121 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3122 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3123 3124 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3125 3126 // Act on C++ namespaces 3127 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3128 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3129 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3130 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3131 SourceLocation LBrace, 3132 AttributeList *AttrList); 3133 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3134 3135 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3136 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3137 3138 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3139 3140 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3141 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3142 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3143 3144 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3145 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3146 /// 3147 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3148 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3149 3150 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3151 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3152 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3153 3154 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3155 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3156 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3157 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3158 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3159 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3160 AttributeList *AttrList); 3161 3162 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3163 3164 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3165 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3166 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3167 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3168 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3169 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3170 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3171 3172 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3173 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3174 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3175 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3176 NamedDecl *Target); 3177 3178 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3179 bool isTypeName, 3180 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3181 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3182 const LookupResult &Previous); 3183 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3184 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3185 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3186 3187 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3188 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3189 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3190 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3191 AttributeList *AttrList, 3192 bool IsInstantiation, 3193 bool IsTypeName, 3194 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3195 3196 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3197 3198 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3199 AccessSpecifier AS, 3200 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3201 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3202 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3203 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3204 AttributeList *AttrList, 3205 bool IsTypeName, 3206 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3207 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3208 AccessSpecifier AS, 3209 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3210 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3211 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3212 TypeResult Type); 3213 3214 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3215 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3216 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3217 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3218 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3219 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3220 3221 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3222 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3223 /// 3224 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3225 ExprResult 3226 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3227 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3228 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3229 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3230 3231 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3232 // the constructor can be elidable? 3233 ExprResult 3234 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3235 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3236 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3237 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3238 SourceRange ParenRange); 3239 3240 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3241 /// the default expr if needed. 3242 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3243 FunctionDecl *FD, 3244 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3245 3246 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3247 /// constructed variable. 3248 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3249 3250 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3251 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3252 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3253 // Pointer to allow copying 3254 Sema *Self; 3255 // We order exception specifications thus: 3256 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3257 // throw() comes next. 3258 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3259 // Finally no specification. 3260 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3261 // 3262 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3263 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3264 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3265 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3266 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3267 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3268 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3269 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3270 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3271 3272 void ClearExceptions() { 3273 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3274 Exceptions.clear(); 3275 } 3276 3277 public: 3278 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3279 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3280 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3281 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3282 } 3283 3284 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3285 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3286 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3287 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3288 return ComputedEST; 3289 } 3290 3291 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3292 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3293 3294 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3295 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3296 3297 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3298 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3299 3300 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3301 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3302 3303 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3304 void SetDelayed() { 3305 ClearExceptions(); 3306 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3307 } 3308 3309 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3310 bool isDelayed() { 3311 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3312 } 3313 3314 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3315 /// computed exception specification. 3316 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3317 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3318 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3319 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3320 } 3321 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3322 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3323 getEPI(EPI); 3324 return EPI; 3325 } 3326 }; 3327 3328 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3329 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3330 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3331 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3332 3333 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3334 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3335 /// will be const. 3336 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3337 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3338 3339 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3340 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3341 /// parameter will be const. 3342 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3343 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3344 3345 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3346 /// constructor of a class will have. 3347 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3348 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3349 3350 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3351 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3352 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3353 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3354 3355 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3356 /// destructor of a class will have. 3357 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3358 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3359 3360 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3361 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3362 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3363 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3364 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3365 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3366 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3367 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3368 3369 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3370 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3371 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3372 bool Diagnose = false); 3373 3374 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3375 /// 3376 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3377 /// default constructor will be added. 3378 /// 3379 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3380 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3381 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3382 3383 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3384 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3385 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3386 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3387 3388 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3389 /// 3390 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3391 /// destructor will be added. 3392 /// 3393 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3394 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3395 3396 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3397 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3398 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3399 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3400 3401 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3402 /// 3403 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3404 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3405 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3406 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3407 bool WasDelayed = false); 3408 3409 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3410 /// 3411 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3412 /// constructors will be added. 3413 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3414 3415 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3416 /// 3417 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3418 /// copy constructor will be added. 3419 /// 3420 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3421 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3422 3423 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3424 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3425 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3426 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3427 3428 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3429 /// 3430 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3431 /// move constructor will be added. 3432 /// 3433 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3434 /// declared. 3435 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3436 3437 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3438 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3439 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3440 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3441 3442 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3443 /// 3444 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3445 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3446 /// 3447 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3448 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3449 3450 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3451 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3452 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3453 3454 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3455 /// 3456 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3457 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3458 /// 3459 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3460 /// wasn't declared. 3461 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3462 3463 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3464 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3465 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3466 3467 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3468 /// class. 3469 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3470 3471 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3472 /// special member function. 3473 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3474 3475 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3476 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3477 /// 3478 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3479 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3480 3481 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3482 /// member function. 3483 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3484 3485 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3486 /// static member function. 3487 /// 3488 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3489 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3490 3491 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3492 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3493 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3494 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3495 3496 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3497 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3498 SourceLocation Loc, 3499 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3500 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3501 3502 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3503 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3504 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3505 ParsedType ObjectType, 3506 bool EnteringContext); 3507 3508 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3509 3510 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3511 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3512 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3513 3514 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3515 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3516 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3517 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3518 Declarator &D, 3519 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3520 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3521 Expr *E, 3522 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3523 3524 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3525 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3526 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3527 Expr *E, 3528 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3529 SourceRange Parens); 3530 3531 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3532 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3533 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3534 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3535 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3536 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3537 Expr *Operand, 3538 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3539 3540 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3541 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3542 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3543 void *TyOrExpr, 3544 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3545 3546 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3547 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3548 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3549 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3550 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3551 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3552 Expr *Operand, 3553 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3554 3555 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3556 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3557 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3558 void *TyOrExpr, 3559 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3560 3561 3562 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3563 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3564 3565 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3566 /// 3567 /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context. 3568 /// 3569 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3570 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3571 3572 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3573 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3574 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3575 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3576 3577 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3578 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3579 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3580 Sema &S; 3581 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3582 bool Enabled; 3583 3584 public: 3585 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3586 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3587 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3588 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3589 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3590 bool Enabled = true); 3591 3592 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3593 }; 3594 3595 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3596 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3597 /// 3598 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3599 /// 3600 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3601 /// capture list. 3602 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3603 3604 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3605 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3606 /// being defined. 3607 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3608 3609 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3610 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3611 3612 3613 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3614 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3615 3616 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3617 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3618 3619 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3620 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3621 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3622 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3623 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3624 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3625 3626 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3627 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3628 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3629 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3630 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3631 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3632 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3633 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3634 3635 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3636 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3637 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3638 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3639 3640 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3641 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3642 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3643 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3644 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3645 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3646 Expr *Initializer); 3647 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3648 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3649 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3650 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3651 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3652 QualType AllocType, 3653 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3654 Expr *ArraySize, 3655 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3656 Expr *Initializer, 3657 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3658 3659 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3660 SourceRange R); 3661 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3662 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3663 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3664 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3665 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3666 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3667 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3668 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3669 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3670 bool Diagnose = true); 3671 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3672 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3673 QualType Argument, 3674 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3675 3676 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3677 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3678 bool Diagnose = true); 3679 3680 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3681 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3682 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3683 Expr *Operand); 3684 3685 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3686 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3687 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3688 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3689 3690 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3691 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3692 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3693 SourceLocation RParen); 3694 3695 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3696 /// pseudo-functions. 3697 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3698 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3699 ParsedType Ty, 3700 SourceLocation RParen); 3701 3702 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3703 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3704 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3705 SourceLocation RParen); 3706 3707 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3708 /// pseudo-functions. 3709 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3710 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3711 ParsedType LhsTy, 3712 ParsedType RhsTy, 3713 SourceLocation RParen); 3714 3715 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3716 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3717 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3718 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3719 SourceLocation RParen); 3720 3721 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3722 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3723 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3724 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3725 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3726 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3727 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3728 3729 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3730 /// pseudo-functions. 3731 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3732 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3733 ParsedType LhsTy, 3734 Expr *DimExpr, 3735 SourceLocation RParen); 3736 3737 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3738 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3739 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3740 Expr *DimExpr, 3741 SourceLocation RParen); 3742 3743 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3744 /// pseudo-functions. 3745 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3746 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3747 Expr *Queried, 3748 SourceLocation RParen); 3749 3750 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3751 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3752 Expr *Queried, 3753 SourceLocation RParen); 3754 3755 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3756 Expr *Base, 3757 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3758 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3759 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3760 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3761 3762 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3763 3764 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3765 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3766 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3767 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3768 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3769 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3770 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3771 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3772 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3773 3774 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3775 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3776 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3777 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3778 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3779 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3780 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3781 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3782 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3783 3784 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3785 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3786 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3787 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3788 const DeclSpec& DS, 3789 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3790 3791 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3792 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3793 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3794 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3795 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3796 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3797 3798 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr); 3799 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3800 3801 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3802 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3803 3804 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3805 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3806 bool EnteringContext = false); 3807 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3808 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3809 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3810 3811 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3812 /// 3813 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3814 /// 3815 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3816 /// 3817 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3818 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3819 /// 3820 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3821 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3822 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3823 3824 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3825 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3826 3827 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3828 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3829 IdentifierInfo &II, 3830 ParsedType ObjectType); 3831 3832 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3833 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3834 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3835 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3836 QualType ObjectType, 3837 bool EnteringContext, 3838 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3839 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3840 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3841 3842 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3843 /// 3844 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3845 /// 3846 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3847 /// 3848 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3849 /// 3850 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3851 /// 3852 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3853 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3854 /// 3855 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3856 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3857 /// 3858 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3859 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3860 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3861 /// including this new type). 3862 /// 3863 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3864 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3865 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3866 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3867 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3868 ParsedType ObjectType, 3869 bool EnteringContext, 3870 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3871 3872 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3873 3874 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3875 const DeclSpec &DS, 3876 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3877 3878 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3879 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3880 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3881 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3882 ParsedType ObjectType, 3883 bool EnteringContext); 3884 3885 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3886 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3887 /// 3888 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3889 /// 3890 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3891 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3892 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3893 /// including this new type). 3894 /// 3895 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3896 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 3897 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3898 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3899 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3900 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3901 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3902 /// 3903 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3904 /// nested-name-specifier. 3905 /// 3906 /// 3907 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3908 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3909 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3910 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3911 TemplateTy Template, 3912 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3913 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3914 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3915 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3916 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3917 bool EnteringContext); 3918 3919 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3920 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3921 /// nested-name-specifier. 3922 /// 3923 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3924 /// 3925 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3926 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3927 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3928 3929 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3930 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3931 /// 3932 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3933 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3934 /// 3935 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3936 /// 3937 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3938 /// of the annotation pointer. 3939 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3940 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3941 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3942 3943 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3944 3945 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3946 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3947 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3948 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3949 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3950 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3951 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3952 3953 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3954 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3955 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3956 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3957 /// defining scope. 3958 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3959 3960 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3961 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3962 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3963 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3964 /// class X. 3965 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3966 3967 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3968 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3969 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3970 3971 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3972 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3973 bool KnownDependent = false); 3974 3975 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3976 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3977 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3978 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3979 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3980 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3981 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 3982 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 3983 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 3984 3985 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 3986 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 3987 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3988 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 3989 bool ExplicitParams, 3990 bool ExplicitResultType, 3991 bool Mutable); 3992 3993 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 3994 /// given lambda. 3995 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 3996 3997 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 3998 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 3999 4000 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4001 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4002 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4003 /// lambda. 4004 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4005 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4006 4007 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4008 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4009 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4010 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4011 4012 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4013 /// was successfully completed. 4014 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4015 Scope *CurScope, 4016 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4017 4018 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4019 /// function pointer. 4020 /// 4021 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4022 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4023 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4024 /// block pointer conversion. 4025 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4026 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4027 4028 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4029 /// block pointer. 4030 /// 4031 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4032 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4033 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4034 /// block pointer conversion. 4035 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4036 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4037 4038 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4039 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4040 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4041 Expr *Src); 4042 4043 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4044 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4045 Expr **Strings, 4046 unsigned NumStrings); 4047 4048 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4049 4050 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4051 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4052 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4053 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4054 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4055 bool Value); 4056 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4057 4058 // BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4059 // '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4060 // either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4061 // ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4062 // "char *" or "const char *". 4063 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4064 4065 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4066 Expr *IndexExpr, 4067 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4068 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4069 4070 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4071 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4072 unsigned NumElements); 4073 4074 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4075 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4076 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4077 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4078 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4079 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4080 4081 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4082 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4083 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4084 ParsedType Ty, 4085 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4086 4087 // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector 4088 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4089 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4090 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4091 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4092 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4093 4094 // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol 4095 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4096 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4097 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4098 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4099 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4100 4101 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4102 // C++ Declarations 4103 // 4104 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4105 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4106 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4107 StringRef Lang, 4108 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4109 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4110 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4111 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4112 4113 4114 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4115 // C++ Classes 4116 // 4117 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4118 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4119 4120 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4121 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4122 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4123 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4124 4125 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4126 Declarator &D, 4127 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4128 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4129 bool HasDeferredInit); 4130 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4131 Expr *Init); 4132 4133 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4134 Scope *S, 4135 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4136 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4137 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4138 const DeclSpec &DS, 4139 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4140 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4141 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4142 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4143 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4144 4145 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4146 Scope *S, 4147 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4148 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4149 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4150 const DeclSpec &DS, 4151 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4152 Expr *InitList, 4153 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4154 4155 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4156 Scope *S, 4157 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4158 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4159 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4160 const DeclSpec &DS, 4161 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4162 Expr *Init, 4163 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4164 4165 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4166 Expr *Init, 4167 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4168 4169 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4170 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4171 Expr *Init, 4172 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4173 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4174 4175 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4176 Expr *Init, 4177 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4178 4179 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4180 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4181 4182 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4183 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4184 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4185 4186 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4187 4188 4189 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4190 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4191 /// referenced. 4192 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4193 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4194 4195 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4196 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4197 /// first use occurred. 4198 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4199 4200 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4201 /// materialized. 4202 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4203 4204 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4205 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4206 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4207 /// by code generation). 4208 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4209 4210 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4211 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4212 4213 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4214 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4215 DynamicClassesType; 4216 4217 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4218 /// unit. 4219 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4220 4221 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4222 /// given location. 4223 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4224 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4225 4226 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4227 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4228 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4229 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4230 4231 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4232 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4233 /// vtables. 4234 /// 4235 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4236 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4237 4238 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4239 4240 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4241 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4242 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4243 unsigned NumMemInits, 4244 bool AnyErrors); 4245 4246 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4247 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4248 Decl *TagDecl, 4249 SourceLocation LBrac, 4250 SourceLocation RBrac, 4251 AttributeList *AttrList); 4252 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4253 4254 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4255 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4256 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4257 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4258 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4259 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4260 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4261 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4262 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4263 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4264 4265 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4266 Expr *AssertExpr, 4267 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4268 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4269 4270 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4271 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4272 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4273 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4274 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4275 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4276 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4277 4278 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4279 StorageClass& SC); 4280 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4281 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4282 StorageClass& SC); 4283 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4284 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4285 StorageClass& SC); 4286 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4287 4288 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4289 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4290 4291 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4292 // C++ Derived Classes 4293 // 4294 4295 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4296 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4297 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4298 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4299 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4300 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4301 4302 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4303 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4304 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4305 ParsedType basetype, 4306 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4307 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4308 4309 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4310 unsigned NumBases); 4311 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4312 unsigned NumBases); 4313 4314 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4315 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4316 4317 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4318 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4319 4320 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4321 4322 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4323 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4324 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4325 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4326 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4327 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4328 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4329 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4330 DeclarationName Name, 4331 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4332 4333 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4334 4335 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4336 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4337 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4338 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4339 4340 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4341 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4342 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4343 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4344 4345 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4346 4347 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4348 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4349 4350 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4351 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4352 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4353 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4354 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4355 4356 4357 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4358 // C++ Access Control 4359 // 4360 4361 enum AccessResult { 4362 AR_accessible, 4363 AR_inaccessible, 4364 AR_dependent, 4365 AR_delayed 4366 }; 4367 4368 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4369 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4370 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4371 4372 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4373 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4374 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4375 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4376 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4377 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4378 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4379 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4380 bool Diagnose = true); 4381 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4382 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4383 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4384 AccessSpecifier Access, 4385 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4386 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4387 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4388 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4389 AccessSpecifier Access, 4390 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4391 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4392 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4393 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4394 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4395 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4396 NamedDecl *D, 4397 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4398 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4399 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4400 Expr *ArgExpr, 4401 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4402 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4403 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4404 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4405 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4406 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4407 unsigned DiagID, 4408 bool ForceCheck = false, 4409 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4410 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4411 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4412 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4413 AccessSpecifier access, 4414 QualType objectType); 4415 4416 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4417 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4418 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4419 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4420 4421 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4422 4423 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4424 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4425 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4426 4427 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4428 AbstractNone = -1, 4429 AbstractReturnType, 4430 AbstractParamType, 4431 AbstractVariableType, 4432 AbstractFieldType, 4433 AbstractArrayType 4434 }; 4435 4436 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4437 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4438 template<typename T1> 4439 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4440 unsigned DiagID, 4441 const T1 &Arg1) { 4442 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4443 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4444 } 4445 4446 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4447 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4448 unsigned DiagID, 4449 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4450 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4451 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4452 } 4453 4454 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4455 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4456 unsigned DiagID, 4457 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4458 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4459 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4460 } 4461 4462 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4463 4464 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4465 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4466 4467 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4468 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4469 // 4470 4471 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4472 4473 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4474 4475 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4476 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4477 // 4478 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4479 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4480 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4481 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4482 4483 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4484 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4485 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4486 4487 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4488 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4489 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4490 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4491 ParsedType ObjectType, 4492 bool EnteringContext, 4493 TemplateTy &Template, 4494 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4495 4496 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4497 SourceLocation IILoc, 4498 Scope *S, 4499 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4500 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4501 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4502 4503 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4504 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4505 4506 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4507 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4508 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4509 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4510 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4511 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4512 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4513 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4514 4515 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4516 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4517 unsigned Depth, 4518 unsigned Position, 4519 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4520 Expr *DefaultArg); 4521 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4522 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4523 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4524 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4525 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4526 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4527 unsigned Depth, 4528 unsigned Position, 4529 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4530 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4531 4532 TemplateParameterList * 4533 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4534 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4535 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4536 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4537 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4538 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4539 4540 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4541 /// list. 4542 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4543 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4544 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4545 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4546 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4547 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4548 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4549 }; 4550 4551 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4552 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4553 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4554 TemplateParameterList * 4555 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4556 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4557 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4558 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4559 unsigned NumParamLists, 4560 bool IsFriend, 4561 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4562 bool &Invalid); 4563 4564 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4565 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4566 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4567 AttributeList *Attr, 4568 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4569 AccessSpecifier AS, 4570 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4571 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4572 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4573 4574 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4575 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4576 4577 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4578 4579 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4580 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4581 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4582 4583 TypeResult 4584 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4585 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4586 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4587 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4588 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4589 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4590 4591 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4592 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4593 /// 4594 /// \param TUK 4595 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4596 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4597 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4598 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4599 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4600 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4601 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4602 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4603 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4604 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4605 4606 4607 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4608 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4609 LookupResult &R, 4610 bool RequiresADL, 4611 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4612 4613 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4614 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4615 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4616 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4617 4618 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4619 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4620 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4621 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4622 ParsedType ObjectType, 4623 bool EnteringContext, 4624 TemplateTy &Template); 4625 4626 DeclResult 4627 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4628 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4629 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4630 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4631 TemplateTy Template, 4632 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4633 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4634 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4635 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4636 AttributeList *Attr, 4637 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4638 4639 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4640 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4641 Declarator &D); 4642 4643 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4644 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4645 Declarator &D); 4646 4647 bool 4648 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4649 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4650 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4651 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4652 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4653 bool &SuppressNew); 4654 4655 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4656 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4657 LookupResult &Previous); 4658 4659 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4660 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4661 LookupResult &Previous); 4662 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4663 4664 DeclResult 4665 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4666 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4667 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4668 unsigned TagSpec, 4669 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4670 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4671 TemplateTy Template, 4672 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4673 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4674 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4675 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4676 AttributeList *Attr); 4677 4678 DeclResult 4679 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4680 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4681 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4682 unsigned TagSpec, 4683 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4684 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4685 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4686 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4687 AttributeList *Attr); 4688 4689 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4690 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4691 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4692 Declarator &D); 4693 4694 TemplateArgumentLoc 4695 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4696 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4697 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4698 Decl *Param, 4699 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4700 4701 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4702 /// argument is being checked. 4703 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4704 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4705 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4706 CTAK_Specified, 4707 4708 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4709 /// deduction. 4710 CTAK_Deduced, 4711 4712 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4713 /// via template argument deduction. 4714 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4715 }; 4716 4717 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4718 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4719 NamedDecl *Template, 4720 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4721 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4722 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4723 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4724 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4725 4726 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4727 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4728 /// 4729 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4730 /// provided. 4731 /// 4732 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4733 /// 4734 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4735 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4736 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4737 /// arguments. 4738 /// 4739 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4740 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4741 /// set of template arguments. 4742 /// 4743 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4744 /// arguments. 4745 /// 4746 /// 4747 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4748 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4749 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4750 /// 4751 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4752 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4753 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4754 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4755 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4756 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4757 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4758 4759 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4760 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4761 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4762 4763 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4764 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4765 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4766 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4767 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4768 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4769 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4770 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4771 4772 ExprResult 4773 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4774 QualType ParamType, 4775 SourceLocation Loc); 4776 ExprResult 4777 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4778 SourceLocation Loc); 4779 4780 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4781 /// for equality. 4782 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4783 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4784 /// that might be redeclarations. 4785 /// 4786 /// \code 4787 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4788 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4789 /// \endcode 4790 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4791 4792 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4793 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4794 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4795 /// 4796 /// \code 4797 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4798 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4799 /// \endcode 4800 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4801 4802 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4803 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4804 /// template parameter. 4805 /// 4806 /// \code 4807 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4808 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4809 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4810 /// \endcode 4811 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4812 }; 4813 4814 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4815 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4816 bool Complain, 4817 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4818 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4819 = SourceLocation()); 4820 4821 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4822 4823 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4824 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4825 /// 4826 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4827 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4828 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4829 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4830 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4831 TypeResult 4832 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4833 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4834 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4835 4836 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4837 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4838 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4839 /// 4840 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4841 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4842 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4843 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4844 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4845 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4846 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4847 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4848 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4849 TypeResult 4850 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4851 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4852 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4853 TemplateTy Template, 4854 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4855 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4856 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4857 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4858 4859 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4860 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4861 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4862 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4863 SourceLocation IILoc); 4864 4865 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4866 SourceLocation Loc, 4867 DeclarationName Name); 4868 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4869 4870 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4871 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4872 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4873 4874 std::string 4875 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4876 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4877 4878 std::string 4879 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4880 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4881 unsigned NumArgs); 4882 4883 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4884 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4885 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4886 4887 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4888 /// being diagnosed. 4889 /// 4890 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4891 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4892 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4893 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4894 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4895 4896 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4897 UPPC_BaseType, 4898 4899 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4900 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4901 4902 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4903 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4904 4905 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4906 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4907 4908 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4909 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4910 4911 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4912 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4913 4914 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4915 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4916 4917 /// \brief A using declaration. 4918 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4919 4920 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4921 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4922 4923 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4924 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4925 4926 /// \brief An initializer. 4927 UPPC_Initializer, 4928 4929 /// \brief A default argument. 4930 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4931 4932 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4933 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4934 4935 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4936 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4937 4938 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4939 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4940 4941 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4942 UPPC_IfExists, 4943 4944 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4945 UPPC_IfNotExists 4946}; 4947 4948 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4949 /// 4950 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4951 /// 4952 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4953 /// parameter packs. 4954 /// 4955 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4956 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4957 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4958 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4959 4960 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4961 /// diagnose the error. 4962 /// 4963 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4964 /// 4965 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4966 /// packs. 4967 /// 4968 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4969 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 4970 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4971 4972 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 4973 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4974 /// 4975 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 4976 /// parameter packs. 4977 /// 4978 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4979 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 4980 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 4981 4982 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 4983 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 4984 /// 4985 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 4986 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 4987 /// 4988 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4989 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4990 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4991 4992 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4993 /// diagnose the error. 4994 /// 4995 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 4996 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 4997 /// 4998 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4999 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5000 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5001 5002 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5003 /// diagnose the error. 5004 /// 5005 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5006 /// 5007 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5008 /// parameter packs. 5009 /// 5010 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5011 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5012 TemplateName Template, 5013 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5014 5015 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5016 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5017 /// 5018 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5019 /// parameter packs. 5020 /// 5021 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5022 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5023 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5024 5025 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5026 /// template argument. 5027 /// 5028 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5029 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5030 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5031 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5032 5033 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5034 /// template argument. 5035 /// 5036 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5037 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5038 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5039 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5040 5041 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5042 /// type. 5043 /// 5044 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5045 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5046 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5047 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5048 5049 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5050 /// type. 5051 /// 5052 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5053 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5054 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5055 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5056 5057 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5058 /// nested-name-specifier. 5059 /// 5060 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5061 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5062 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5063 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5064 5065 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5066 /// name. 5067 /// 5068 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5069 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5070 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5071 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5072 5073 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5074 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5075 /// 5076 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5077 /// may already be invalid. 5078 /// 5079 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5080 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5081 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5082 5083 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5084 /// creates a pack expansion. 5085 /// 5086 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5087 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5088 /// 5089 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5090 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5091 5092 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5093 /// expansion. 5094 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5095 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5096 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5097 5098 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5099 /// expansion. 5100 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5101 SourceRange PatternRange, 5102 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5103 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5104 5105 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5106 /// creates a pack expansion. 5107 /// 5108 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5109 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5112 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5113 5114 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5115 /// creates a pack expansion. 5116 /// 5117 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5118 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5121 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5122 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5123 5124 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5125 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5126 /// transforming the pattern. 5127 /// 5128 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5129 /// pack expansion. 5130 /// 5131 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5132 /// the pack expansion. 5133 /// 5134 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5135 /// pattern. 5136 /// 5137 /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in 5138 /// \p Unexpanded. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5141 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5142 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5143 /// 5144 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5145 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5146 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5147 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5148 /// 5149 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5150 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5151 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5152 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5153 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5154 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5155 /// set this value in other cases. 5156 /// 5157 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5158 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5159 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5160 /// must be set. 5161 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5162 SourceRange PatternRange, 5163 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5164 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5165 bool &ShouldExpand, 5166 bool &RetainExpansion, 5167 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5168 5169 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5170 /// type. 5171 /// 5172 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5173 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5174 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5175 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5176 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5177 5178 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5179 /// parameter packs. 5180 /// 5181 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5182 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5183 /// 5184 /// \code 5185 /// void f(T...); 5186 /// \endcode 5187 /// 5188 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5189 /// a variadic function. 5190 /// 5191 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5192 /// false otherwise. 5193 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5194 5195 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5196 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5197 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5198 5199 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5200 /// 5201 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5202 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5203 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5204 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5205 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5206 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5207 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5208 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5209 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5210 TDK_Success = 0, 5211 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5212 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5213 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5214 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5215 /// for every template parameter. 5216 TDK_Incomplete, 5217 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5218 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5219 TDK_Inconsistent, 5220 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5221 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5222 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5223 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5224 TDK_Underqualified, 5225 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5226 /// resulted in an error. 5227 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5228 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5229 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5230 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5231 /// arguments provided. 5232 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5233 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5234 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5235 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5236 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5237 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5238 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5239 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5240 /// template arguments for the given template. 5241 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5242 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5243 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5244 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5245 }; 5246 5247 TemplateDeductionResult 5248 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5249 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5250 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5251 5252 TemplateDeductionResult 5253 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5254 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5255 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5256 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5257 QualType *FunctionType, 5258 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5259 5260 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5261 // deduction for a call. 5262 struct OriginalCallArg { 5263 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5264 unsigned ArgIdx, 5265 QualType OriginalArgType) 5266 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5267 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5268 5269 QualType OriginalParamType; 5270 unsigned ArgIdx; 5271 QualType OriginalArgType; 5272 }; 5273 5274 TemplateDeductionResult 5275 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5276 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5277 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5278 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5279 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5280 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5281 5282 TemplateDeductionResult 5283 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5284 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5285 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5286 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5287 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5288 5289 TemplateDeductionResult 5290 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5291 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5292 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5293 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5294 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5295 5296 TemplateDeductionResult 5297 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5298 QualType ToType, 5299 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5300 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5301 5302 TemplateDeductionResult 5303 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5304 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5305 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5306 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5307 5308 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5309 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5310 DAR_Succeeded, 5311 DAR_Failed, 5312 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5313 }; 5314 5315 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5316 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5317 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5318 5319 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5320 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5321 SourceLocation Loc, 5322 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5323 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5324 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5325 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5326 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5327 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5328 SourceLocation Loc, 5329 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5330 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5331 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5332 bool Complain = true, 5333 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5334 5335 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5336 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5337 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5338 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5339 SourceLocation Loc); 5340 5341 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5342 bool OnlyDeduced, 5343 unsigned Depth, 5344 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5345 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5346 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5347 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5348 } 5349 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5350 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5351 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5352 5353 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5354 // C++ Template Instantiation 5355 // 5356 5357 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5358 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5359 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5360 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5361 5362 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5363 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5364 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5365 enum InstantiationKind { 5366 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5367 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5368 TemplateInstantiation, 5369 5370 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5371 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5372 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5373 /// arguments as specified. 5374 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5375 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5376 5377 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5378 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5379 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5380 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5381 5382 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5383 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5384 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5385 5386 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5387 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5388 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5389 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5390 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5391 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5392 5393 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5394 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5395 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5396 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5397 5398 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5399 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5400 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5401 5402 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5403 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5404 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5405 } Kind; 5406 5407 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5408 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5409 5410 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5411 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5412 /// arguments. 5413 NamedDecl *Template; 5414 5415 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5416 uintptr_t Entity; 5417 5418 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5419 /// are not part of the entity. 5420 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5421 5422 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5423 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5424 5425 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5426 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5427 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5428 5429 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5430 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5431 /// template instantiation. 5432 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5433 5434 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5435 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5436 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5437 5438 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5439 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5440 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5441 5442 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5443 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5444 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5445 return false; 5446 5447 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5448 return false; 5449 5450 switch (X.Kind) { 5451 case TemplateInstantiation: 5452 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5453 return true; 5454 5455 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5456 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5457 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5458 return false; 5459 5460 // Fall through 5461 5462 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5463 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5464 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5465 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5466 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5467 5468 } 5469 5470 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5471 } 5472 5473 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5474 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5475 return !(X == Y); 5476 } 5477 }; 5478 5479 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5480 /// 5481 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5482 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5483 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5484 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5485 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5486 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5487 5488 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5489 /// template instantiation. 5490 /// 5491 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5492 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5493 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5494 5495 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5496 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5497 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5498 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5499 5500 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5501 /// error or warning was produced. 5502 /// 5503 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5504 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5505 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5506 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5507 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5508 5509 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5510 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5511 /// 5512 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5513 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5514 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5515 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5516 5517 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5518 /// within a \c Sema object. 5519 /// 5520 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5521 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5522 Sema &Self; 5523 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5524 5525 public: 5526 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5527 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5528 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5529 } 5530 5531 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5532 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5533 } 5534 }; 5535 5536 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5537 5538 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5539 /// 5540 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5541 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5542 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5543 5544 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5545 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5546 /// deduction. 5547 /// 5548 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5549 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5550 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5551 5552 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5553 /// instantiation. 5554 /// 5555 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5556 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5557 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5558 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5559 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5560 /// 5561 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5562 /// the stack. 5563 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5564 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5565 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5566 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5567 Decl *Entity, 5568 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5569 5570 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5571 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5572 /// of a function template. 5573 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5574 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5575 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5576 5577 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5578 /// template-id. 5579 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5580 TemplateDecl *Template, 5581 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5582 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5583 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5584 5585 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5586 /// template-id. 5587 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5588 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5589 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5590 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5591 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5592 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5593 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5594 5595 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5596 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5597 /// specialization. 5598 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5599 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5600 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5601 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5602 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5603 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5604 5605 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5606 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5607 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5608 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5609 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5610 5611 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5612 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5613 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5614 NamedDecl *Template, 5615 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5616 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5617 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5618 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5619 5620 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5621 NamedDecl *Template, 5622 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5623 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5624 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5625 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5626 5627 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5628 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5629 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5630 TemplateDecl *Template, 5631 NamedDecl *Param, 5632 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5633 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5634 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5635 5636 5637 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5638 void Clear(); 5639 5640 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5641 5642 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5643 /// recursive template instantiations. 5644 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5645 5646 private: 5647 Sema &SemaRef; 5648 bool Invalid; 5649 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5650 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5651 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5652 5653 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5654 5655 InstantiatingTemplate& 5656 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5657 }; 5658 5659 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5660 5661 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5662 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5663 /// errors. 5664 /// 5665 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5666 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5667 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5668 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5669 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5670 5671 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5672 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5673 /// deduction.` 5674 class SFINAETrap { 5675 Sema &SemaRef; 5676 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5677 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5678 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5679 5680 public: 5681 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5682 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5683 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5684 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5685 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5686 { 5687 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5688 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5689 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5690 } 5691 5692 ~SFINAETrap() { 5693 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5694 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5695 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5696 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5697 } 5698 5699 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5700 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5701 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5702 } 5703 }; 5704 5705 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5706 /// variables. 5707 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5708 5709 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5710 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5711 5712 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5713 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5714 5715 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5716 /// name lookup. 5717 /// 5718 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5719 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5720 /// string represents a keyword. 5721 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5722 5723 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5724 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5725 5726 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5727 /// 5728 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5729 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5730 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5731 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5732 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5733 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5734 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5735 5736 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5737 /// but have not yet been performed. 5738 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5739 5740 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5741 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5742 /// 5743 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5744 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5745 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5746 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5747 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5748 5749 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5750 5751 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5752 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5753 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5754 5755 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5756 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5757 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5758 5759 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5760 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5761 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5762 5763 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5764 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5765 SourceLocation Loc, 5766 DeclarationName Entity, 5767 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5768 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5769 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5770 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5771 int indexAdjustment, 5772 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5773 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5774 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5775 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5776 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5777 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5778 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5779 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5780 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5781 5782 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5783 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5784 /// 5785 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5786 /// 5787 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5788 /// 5789 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5790 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5791 /// 5792 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5793 /// 5794 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5795 /// 5796 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5797 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5798 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5799 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5800 5801 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5802 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5803 5804 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5805 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5806 5807 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5808 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5809 bool CXXDirectInit); 5810 5811 bool 5812 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5813 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5814 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5815 5816 bool 5817 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5818 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5819 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5820 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5821 bool Complain = true); 5822 5823 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5824 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5825 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5826 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5827 5828 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5829 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5830 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5831 Decl *NewDecl; 5832 5833 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5834 Decl *D) 5835 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5836 { } 5837 }; 5838 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5839 5840 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5841 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5842 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5843 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5844 5845 bool 5846 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5847 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5848 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5849 bool Complain = true); 5850 5851 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5852 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5853 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5854 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5855 5856 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5857 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5858 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5859 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5860 5861 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5862 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5863 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5864 5865 DeclarationNameInfo 5866 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5867 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5868 TemplateName 5869 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5870 SourceLocation Loc, 5871 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5872 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5873 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5874 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5875 5876 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5877 FunctionDecl *Function); 5878 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5879 FunctionDecl *Function, 5880 bool Recursive = false, 5881 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5882 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5883 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5884 VarDecl *Var, 5885 bool Recursive = false, 5886 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5887 5888 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5889 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5890 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5891 5892 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5893 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5894 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5895 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5896 5897 // Objective-C declarations. 5898 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5899 OCK_None = -1, 5900 OCK_Interface = 0, 5901 OCK_Protocol, 5902 OCK_Category, 5903 OCK_ClassExtension, 5904 OCK_Implementation, 5905 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5906 }; 5907 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5908 5909 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5910 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5911 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5912 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5913 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5914 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5915 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5916 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5917 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5918 AttributeList *AttrList); 5919 5920 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5921 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5922 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5923 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5924 5925 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5926 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5927 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5928 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5929 5930 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5931 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5932 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5933 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5934 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5935 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5936 AttributeList *AttrList); 5937 5938 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5939 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5940 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5941 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5942 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5943 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5944 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5945 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5946 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5947 5948 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5949 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5950 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5951 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5952 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5953 5954 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5955 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5956 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5957 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5958 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5959 5960 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5961 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5962 5963 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5964 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5965 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5966 unsigned NumElts); 5967 5968 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 5969 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 5970 unsigned NumElts, 5971 AttributeList *attrList); 5972 5973 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 5974 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 5975 unsigned NumProtocols, 5976 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 5977 5978 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 5979 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 5980 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 5981 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 5982 SourceLocation Loc, 5983 unsigned &Attributes); 5984 5985 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 5986 /// setters and getters as needed. 5987 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 5988 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 5989 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 5990 /// in class extension. 5991 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 5992 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 5993 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 5994 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 5995 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 5996 5997 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 5998 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 5999 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6000 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6001 6002 6003 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6004 6005 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6006 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6007 6008 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6009 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6010 6011 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6012 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6013 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6014 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6015 6016 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6017 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6018 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6019 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6020 bool *OverridingProperty, 6021 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6022 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6023 6024 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6025 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6026 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6027 bool ImplKind, 6028 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6029 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6030 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6031 6032 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6033 OSMK_None, 6034 OSMK_Alloc, 6035 OSMK_New, 6036 OSMK_Copy, 6037 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6038 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6039 }; 6040 6041 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6042 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6043 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6044 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6045 // in this case. 6046 ParsedType Type; 6047 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6048 6049 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6050 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6051 }; 6052 6053 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6054 Scope *S, 6055 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6056 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6057 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6058 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6059 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6060 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6061 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6062 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6063 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6064 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6065 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6066 6067 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6068 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6069 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6070 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6071 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6072 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6073 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6074 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6075 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6076 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6077 bool IsInstance); 6078 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6079 bool IsInstance); 6080 6081 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6082 6083 ExprResult 6084 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6085 Expr *BaseExpr, 6086 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6087 DeclarationName MemberName, 6088 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6089 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6090 bool Super); 6091 6092 ExprResult 6093 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6094 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6095 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6096 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6097 6098 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6099 6100 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6101 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6102 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6103 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6104 ObjCSuperMessage, 6105 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6106 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6107 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6108 /// name. 6109 ObjCClassMessage 6110 }; 6111 6112 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6113 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6114 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6115 bool IsSuper, 6116 bool HasTrailingDot, 6117 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6118 6119 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6120 Selector Sel, 6121 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6122 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6123 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6124 MultiExprArg Args); 6125 6126 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6127 QualType ReceiverType, 6128 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6129 Selector Sel, 6130 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6131 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6132 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6133 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6134 MultiExprArg Args, 6135 bool isImplicit = false); 6136 6137 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6138 bool isSuperReceiver, 6139 SourceLocation Loc, 6140 Selector Sel, 6141 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6142 MultiExprArg Args); 6143 6144 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6145 ParsedType Receiver, 6146 Selector Sel, 6147 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6148 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6149 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6150 MultiExprArg Args); 6151 6152 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6153 QualType ReceiverType, 6154 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6155 Selector Sel, 6156 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6157 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6158 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6159 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6160 MultiExprArg Args, 6161 bool isImplicit = false); 6162 6163 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6164 QualType ReceiverType, 6165 SourceLocation Loc, 6166 Selector Sel, 6167 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6168 MultiExprArg Args); 6169 6170 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6171 Expr *Receiver, 6172 Selector Sel, 6173 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6174 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6175 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6176 MultiExprArg Args); 6177 6178 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6179 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6180 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6181 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6182 Expr *SubExpr); 6183 6184 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6185 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6186 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6187 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6188 ParsedType Type, 6189 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6190 Expr *SubExpr); 6191 6192 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6193 6194 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6195 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6196 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6197 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6198 bool IsImplementation); 6199 6200 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6201 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6202 RTC_Compatible, 6203 RTC_Incompatible, 6204 RTC_Unknown 6205 }; 6206 6207 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6208 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6209 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6210 6211 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6212 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6213 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6214 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6215 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6216 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6217 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6218 }; 6219 6220 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align. 6221 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6222 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6223 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6224 6225 enum PragmaPackKind { 6226 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6227 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6228 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6229 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6230 }; 6231 6232 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6233 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6234 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6235 }; 6236 6237 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...). 6238 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6239 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6240 Expr *Alignment, 6241 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6242 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6243 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6244 6245 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off]. 6246 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6247 6248 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'. 6249 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6250 Scope *curScope, 6251 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6252 6253 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... . 6254 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6255 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6256 6257 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6258 SourceLocation Loc); 6259 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6260 6261 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident. 6262 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6263 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6264 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6265 6266 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6267 /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6268 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6269 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6270 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6271 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6272 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6273 6274 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident. 6275 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6276 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6277 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6278 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6279 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6280 6281 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6282 /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6283 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6284 6285 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6286 /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'. 6287 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6288 6289 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6290 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6291 6292 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6293 void FreePackedContext(); 6294 6295 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6296 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6297 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6298 SourceLocation Loc); 6299 6300 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6301 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6302 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6303 6304 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6305 /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6306 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6307 6308 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6309 void FreeVisContext(); 6310 6311 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6312 /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6313 /// the appropriate attribute. 6314 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6315 6316 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6317 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6318 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6319 6320 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6321 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6322 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6323 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6324 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6325 CCK_CStyleCast, 6326 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6327 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6328 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6329 CCK_OtherCast 6330 }; 6331 6332 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6333 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6334 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6335 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6336 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6337 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6338 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6339 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6340 6341 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6342 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6343 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6344 6345 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6346 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6347 /// required. 6348 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6349 6350 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6351 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6352 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6353 6354 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6355 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6356 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6357 6358 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6359 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6360 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6361 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6362 6363 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6364 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6365 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6366 // type. 6367 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6368 6369 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6370 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6371 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6372 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6373 6374 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6375 enum VariadicCallType { 6376 VariadicFunction, 6377 VariadicBlock, 6378 VariadicMethod, 6379 VariadicConstructor, 6380 VariadicDoesNotApply 6381 }; 6382 6383 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6384 /// form of call prototypes. 6385 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6386 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6387 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6388 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6389 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6390 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6391 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6392 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6393 6394 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6395 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6396 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6397 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6398 6399 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6400 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6401 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6402 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6403 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6404 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6405 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6406 6407 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6408 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6409 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6410 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6411 /// source and destination type. 6412 enum AssignConvertType { 6413 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6414 Compatible, 6415 6416 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6417 /// accept as an extension. 6418 PointerToInt, 6419 6420 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6421 /// accept as an extension. 6422 IntToPointer, 6423 6424 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6425 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6426 FunctionVoidPointer, 6427 6428 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6429 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6430 IncompatiblePointer, 6431 6432 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6433 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6434 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6435 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6436 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6437 6438 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6439 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6440 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6441 6442 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6443 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6444 /// like address spaces. 6445 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6446 6447 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6448 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6449 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6450 /// extension. 6451 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6452 6453 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6454 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6455 IncompatibleVectors, 6456 6457 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6458 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6459 IntToBlockPointer, 6460 6461 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6462 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6463 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6464 6465 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6466 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6467 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6468 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6469 6470 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6471 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6472 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6473 6474 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6475 /// represent it in the AST. 6476 Incompatible 6477 }; 6478 6479 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6480 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6481 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6482 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6483 SourceLocation Loc, 6484 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6485 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6486 bool *Complained = 0); 6487 6488 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6489 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6490 /// C99 6.5.16. 6491 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6492 QualType LHSType, 6493 QualType RHSType); 6494 6495 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6496 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6497 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6498 ExprResult &RHS, 6499 CastKind &Kind); 6500 6501 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6502 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6503 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6504 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6505 ExprResult &RHS, 6506 bool Diagnose = true); 6507 6508 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6509 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6510 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6511 ExprResult &RHS); 6512 6513 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6514 6515 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6516 6517 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6518 AssignmentAction Action, 6519 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6520 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6521 AssignmentAction Action, 6522 bool AllowExplicit, 6523 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6524 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6525 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6526 AssignmentAction Action, 6527 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6528 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6529 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6530 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6531 AssignmentAction Action, 6532 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6533 6534 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6535 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6536 6537 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6538 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6539 ExprResult &RHS); 6540 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6541 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6542 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6543 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6544 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6545 bool IsDivide); 6546 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6547 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6548 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6549 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6550 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6551 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6552 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6553 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6554 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6555 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6556 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6557 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6558 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6559 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6560 bool isRelational); 6561 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6562 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6563 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6564 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6565 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6566 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6567 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6568 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6569 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6570 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6571 6572 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6573 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6574 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6575 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6576 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6577 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6578 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6579 6580 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6581 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6582 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6583 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6584 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6585 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6586 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6587 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6588 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6589 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6590 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6591 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6592 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6593 NonStandardCompositeType); 6594 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6595 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6596 return Composite; 6597 } 6598 6599 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6600 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6601 6602 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6603 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6604 6605 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6606 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6607 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6608 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6609 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6610 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6611 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6612 SourceLocation Loc); 6613 6614 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6615 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6616 6617 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6618 6619 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6620 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6621 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6622 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6623 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6624 /// reference binding is not possible. 6625 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6626 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6627 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6628 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6629 Ref_Related, 6630 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6631 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6632 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6633 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6634 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6635 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6636 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6637 Ref_Compatible 6638 }; 6639 6640 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6641 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6642 bool &DerivedToBase, 6643 bool &ObjCConversion, 6644 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6645 6646 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6647 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6648 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6649 6650 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6651 /// given type. 6652 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6653 6654 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6655 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6656 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6657 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6658 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6659 CastKind &Kind); 6660 6661 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6662 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6663 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6664 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6665 // returns the cast expr 6666 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6667 CastKind &Kind); 6668 6669 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6670 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6671 Expr *CastExpr, 6672 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6673 6674 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6675 6676 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6677 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6678 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6679 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6680 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6681 6682 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6683 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6684 6685 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6686 QualType ExprType); 6687 6688 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6689 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6690 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6691 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6692 6693 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6694 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6695 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6696 6697 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6698 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6699 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6700 6701 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6702 /// \param Method - May be null. 6703 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6704 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6705 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6706 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6707 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6708 bool isSuperMessage, 6709 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6710 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6711 6712 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6713 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6714 /// and the form of the message send. 6715 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6716 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6717 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6718 6719 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6720 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6721 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6722 6723 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6724 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6725 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6726 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6727 /// 6728 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6729 /// 'if' keyword. 6730 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6731 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6732 6733 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6734 Expr *SubExpr); 6735 6736 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6737 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6738 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6739 6740 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6741 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6742 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6743 6744 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6745 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6746 6747 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6748 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6749 /// the specified diagnostic. 6750 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6751 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6752 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6753 6754 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6755 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6756 /// in the global scope. 6757 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6758 6759 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6760 /// expression violations. 6761 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6762 public: 6763 bool Suppress; 6764 6765 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6766 6767 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6768 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6769 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6770 }; 6771 6772 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6773 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6774 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6775 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6776 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6777 bool AllowFold = true); 6778 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6779 unsigned DiagID, 6780 bool AllowFold = true); 6781 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6782 6783 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6784 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6785 /// Returns false on success. 6786 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6787 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6788 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6789 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6790 6791 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6792 CFT_Device, 6793 CFT_Global, 6794 CFT_Host, 6795 CFT_HostDevice 6796 }; 6797 6798 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6799 6800 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6801 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6802 6803 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6804 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6805 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6806 } 6807 6808 /// \name Code completion 6809 //@{ 6810 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6811 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6812 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6813 PCC_Namespace, 6814 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6815 PCC_Class, 6816 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6817 /// or category. 6818 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6819 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6820 /// category implementation 6821 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6822 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6823 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6824 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6825 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6826 /// headers. 6827 PCC_Template, 6828 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6829 /// headers within a class. 6830 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6831 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6832 PCC_Expression, 6833 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6834 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6835 PCC_Statement, 6836 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6837 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6838 PCC_ForInit, 6839 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6840 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6841 PCC_Condition, 6842 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6843 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6844 /// in the grammar. 6845 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6846 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6847 PCC_Type, 6848 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6849 /// might also be a type cast. 6850 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6851 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6852 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6853 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6854 }; 6855 6856 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6857 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6858 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6859 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6860 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6861 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6862 6863 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6864 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6865 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6866 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6867 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6868 bool IsArrow); 6869 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6870 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6871 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6872 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6873 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6874 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6875 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6876 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6877 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6878 6879 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6880 bool EnteringContext); 6881 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6882 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6883 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6884 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6885 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6886 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6887 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6888 unsigned NumInitializers); 6889 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6890 bool AfterAmpersand); 6891 6892 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6893 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6894 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6895 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6896 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6897 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6898 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6899 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6900 bool IsParameter); 6901 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6902 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6903 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6904 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6905 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6906 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6907 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6908 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6909 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6910 bool IsSuper = false); 6911 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6912 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6913 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6914 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6916 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6917 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6918 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6919 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6920 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6921 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6922 unsigned NumProtocols); 6923 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6924 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6925 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6926 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6927 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6928 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6929 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6930 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6931 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6932 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6933 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6934 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6935 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6936 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6937 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6938 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6939 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6940 ParsedType ReturnType); 6941 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6942 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6943 bool AtParameterName, 6944 ParsedType ReturnType, 6945 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6946 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6947 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6948 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6949 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6950 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6951 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6952 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6953 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6954 unsigned Argument); 6955 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6956 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6957 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6958 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6959 //@} 6960 6961 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6962 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6963 6964public: 6965 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6966 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6967 6968private: 6969 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6970 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6971 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6972 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6973 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6974 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 6975 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 6976 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6977 6978 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 6979 6980 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6981 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6982 6983 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 6984 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 6985 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 6986 6987public: 6988 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 6989 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 6990 6991private: 6992 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 6993 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 6994 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 6995 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 6996 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 6997 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 6998 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 6999 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7000 7001 enum FormatStringType { 7002 FST_Scanf, 7003 FST_Printf, 7004 FST_NSString, 7005 FST_Strftime, 7006 FST_Strfmon, 7007 FST_Kprintf, 7008 FST_Unknown 7009 }; 7010 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7011 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7012 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7013 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7014 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7015 7016 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7017 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7018 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7019 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7020 7021 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7022 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7023 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7024 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7025 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7026 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7027 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7028 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7029 7030 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7031 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7032 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7033 7034 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7035 unsigned BId, 7036 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7037 7038 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7039 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7040 7041 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7042 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7043 7044 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7045 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7046 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7047 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7048 7049 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7050 Expr *Init); 7051 7052 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7053 /// 7054 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7055 Scope *CurScope; 7056 7057protected: 7058 friend class Parser; 7059 friend class InitializationSequence; 7060 friend class ASTReader; 7061 friend class ASTWriter; 7062 7063public: 7064 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7065 /// 7066 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7067 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7068 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7069 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7070 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7071 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7072 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7073 7074 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7075 7076 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7077 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7078 } 7079 7080 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7081}; 7082 7083/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7084class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7085 Sema &Actions; 7086 7087public: 7088 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7089 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7090 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7091 bool IsDecltype = false) 7092 : Actions(Actions) { 7093 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7094 IsDecltype); 7095 } 7096 7097 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7098 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7099 } 7100}; 7101 7102} // end namespace clang 7103 7104#endif 7105